1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
59 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
66 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
67 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
73 #include "dispextern.h"
75 #include "termhooks.h"
83 #include "intervals.h"
89 #include <X11/Shell.h>
92 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
104 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
105 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
108 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
110 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
111 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
116 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
118 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
119 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
121 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
123 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
124 #if defined USE_MOTIF
125 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
126 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
127 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
130 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
133 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
134 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
136 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
138 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
139 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
140 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
141 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
143 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
145 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
146 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
147 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
152 #ifndef XtNinitialState
153 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
157 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
159 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
163 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
168 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
170 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
172 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
175 static int any_help_event_p
;
177 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
178 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
180 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
182 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
184 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
187 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
189 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
190 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
191 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
192 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
194 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
196 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
197 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
198 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
199 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
201 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
203 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
205 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
208 /* The application context for Xt use. */
209 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
210 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
211 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
213 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
215 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
217 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
218 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
220 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
222 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
223 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
224 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
226 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
230 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
231 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
232 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
233 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
235 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
237 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
238 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
239 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
240 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
241 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
242 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
243 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
244 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
245 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
248 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
250 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
251 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
252 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
254 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
256 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
257 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
260 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
261 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
264 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
266 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
267 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
268 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
269 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
270 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
271 it's somewhat accurate. */
273 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
275 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
279 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
281 static int input_signal_count
;
284 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
286 static int x_noop_count
;
288 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
290 extern char **initial_argv
;
291 extern int initial_argc
;
293 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
295 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
297 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
299 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
303 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
305 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
307 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
309 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
310 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
311 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
313 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
314 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
316 /* Used in x_flush. */
318 extern Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
;
320 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
321 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
323 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
324 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
325 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
326 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
328 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
329 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
330 void x_delete_terminal
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
331 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
332 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
333 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
334 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
335 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
336 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
337 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
338 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
339 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
340 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
341 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
342 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
343 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
344 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
345 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
346 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
347 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
348 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
349 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
351 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
352 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
353 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
354 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
355 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
356 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
357 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
358 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
359 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
361 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
362 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
363 static void x_sync_with_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
364 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
365 int *, struct input_event
*));
366 static SIGTYPE x_connection_closed
P_ ((Display
*, char *)) NO_RETURN
;
369 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
375 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
376 connection may be broken. */
377 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
383 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
384 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
385 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
386 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
388 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
389 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
394 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
395 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
396 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
397 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
398 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
401 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
404 /***********************************************************************
406 ***********************************************************************/
410 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
411 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
419 struct record event_record
[100];
421 int event_record_index
;
423 record_event (locus
, type
)
427 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
428 event_record_index
= 0;
430 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
431 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
432 event_record_index
++;
439 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
441 struct x_display_info
*
442 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
445 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
447 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
448 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
456 /***********************************************************************
457 Starting and ending an update
458 ***********************************************************************/
460 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
461 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
462 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
463 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
464 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
474 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
475 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
479 x_update_window_begin (w
)
482 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
483 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
486 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
490 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
492 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
493 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
495 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
497 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
498 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
500 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
501 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
502 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
503 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
504 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
505 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
507 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
508 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
509 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
510 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
511 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
512 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
513 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
517 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
518 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
521 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
522 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
531 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
534 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
538 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
541 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
543 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
546 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
547 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
550 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
552 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
553 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
555 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
556 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
557 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
559 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
560 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
564 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
566 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
568 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
570 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
575 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
577 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
579 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
580 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
585 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
586 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
587 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
589 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
590 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
591 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
594 updated_window
= NULL
;
598 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
605 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
606 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
610 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
616 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
617 complete update has been performed. The global variable
618 updated_window is not available here. */
621 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
626 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
628 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
629 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
632 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
633 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
634 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
635 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
636 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
643 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
644 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
645 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
646 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
647 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
648 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
651 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
652 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
654 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
660 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
661 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
663 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
664 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
665 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
666 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
667 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
668 overhead is very small. */
669 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
670 && desired_row
->full_width_p
671 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
672 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
674 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
677 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
679 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
680 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
681 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
685 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
686 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
687 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
688 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
689 y
, width
, height
, False
);
695 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
697 struct glyph_row
*row
;
698 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
700 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
701 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
702 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
703 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
704 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
707 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
708 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
711 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
714 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
715 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
716 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
717 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
719 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
722 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
724 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
726 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
727 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
728 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
729 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
731 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
733 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
735 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
736 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
739 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
745 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
746 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
750 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
752 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
754 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
756 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
758 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
759 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
761 face
->background
, depth
);
765 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
766 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
769 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
770 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
771 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
772 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
775 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
776 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
777 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
781 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
782 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
783 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
787 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
792 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
793 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
794 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
798 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
802 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
803 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
806 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
812 /***********************************************************************
814 ***********************************************************************/
816 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
818 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
821 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
822 is not contained in the font. */
825 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
828 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
830 /* The result metric information. */
831 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
833 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
835 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
837 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
839 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
840 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
841 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
842 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
843 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
844 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
845 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
846 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
847 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
848 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
852 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
853 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
854 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
855 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
857 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
858 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
862 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
864 \ = integer modulus */
865 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
866 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
867 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
868 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
870 pcm
= (font
->per_char
871 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
872 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
873 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
879 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
880 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
881 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
882 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
883 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
884 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
888 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
893 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
894 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
897 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
900 struct font_info
*font_info
;
903 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
904 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
906 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
907 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
909 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
911 /* It's a program. */
912 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
914 check_ccl_update (ccl
);
915 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
917 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
918 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
923 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
924 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
925 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
928 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
930 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
932 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
933 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
935 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
937 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
939 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
941 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
943 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
944 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
945 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
947 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
948 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
952 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
954 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
959 /***********************************************************************
961 ***********************************************************************/
965 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
966 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
967 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
969 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
970 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
971 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
972 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
973 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
974 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
975 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
976 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
977 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
978 unsigned long *, double, int));
979 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
980 double, int, unsigned long));
981 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
982 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
983 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
984 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
985 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
986 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
988 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
989 int, int, int, int, int, int,
991 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
992 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
995 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
999 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1004 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1006 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1007 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1008 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1010 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1013 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1017 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1018 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1020 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1021 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1022 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1023 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1024 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1025 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1026 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1028 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1029 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1030 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1032 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1033 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1036 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1037 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1038 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1039 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1041 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1042 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1045 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1046 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1048 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1053 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1056 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1057 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1062 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1063 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1064 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1066 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1068 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1069 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1071 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1072 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1073 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1075 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1076 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1077 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1080 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1085 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1086 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1087 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1088 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1089 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1090 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1092 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1093 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1096 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1097 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1099 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1102 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1106 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1107 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1108 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1111 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1112 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1114 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1118 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1119 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1123 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1124 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1126 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1128 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1130 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1131 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1133 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1135 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1136 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1138 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1140 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1143 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1145 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1146 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1148 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1149 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1151 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1152 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1156 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1157 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1160 /* GC must have been set. */
1161 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1165 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1166 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1169 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1170 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1173 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1174 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1179 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1180 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1183 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1184 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1187 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1190 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1191 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1192 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1193 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1194 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1199 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1202 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1203 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1207 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1208 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1209 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1210 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1214 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1215 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1216 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1217 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1218 contains the first component of a composition. */
1221 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1222 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1225 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1226 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1227 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1229 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1233 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1234 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1235 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1236 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1237 s
->background_width
,
1238 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1239 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1240 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1242 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1243 || s
->font_not_found_p
1244 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1247 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1248 s
->background_width
,
1249 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1250 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1256 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1259 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1260 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1264 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1265 of S to the right of that box line. */
1266 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1267 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1268 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1272 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1274 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1276 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1278 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1279 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1280 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1282 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1287 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1288 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1290 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1291 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1293 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1295 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1296 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1298 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1299 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1300 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1301 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1302 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1304 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1306 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1308 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1309 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1311 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1312 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1317 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1318 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1320 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1321 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1324 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1326 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1327 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1329 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1330 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1332 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1333 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1338 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1341 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1342 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1346 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1347 of S to the right of that box line. */
1348 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1349 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1350 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1354 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1355 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1356 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1357 this composition. */
1359 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1360 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1361 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1364 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1365 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1369 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1371 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1372 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1373 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1375 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1376 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1377 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1378 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1385 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1387 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1388 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1389 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1390 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1391 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1394 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1395 cannot be determined. */
1397 static struct frame
*
1398 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1401 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1405 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1407 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1408 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1409 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1410 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1411 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1412 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1414 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1415 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1416 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1417 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1418 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1420 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1421 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1422 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1429 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1430 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1431 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1432 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1435 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1440 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1441 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1445 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1446 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1447 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1448 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1449 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1450 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1453 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1457 unsigned long *pixel
;
1461 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1462 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1466 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1467 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1469 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1471 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1473 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1478 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1479 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1481 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1484 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1486 DPY is the display we are working on.
1488 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1489 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1490 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1491 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1493 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1494 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1496 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1497 we allocated the color or not.
1499 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1502 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1506 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1507 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1517 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1518 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1520 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1524 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1525 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1526 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1528 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1530 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1531 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1533 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1535 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1536 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1538 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1539 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1541 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1542 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1547 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1549 params
[0] = color_name
;
1550 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1551 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1552 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1557 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1559 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1561 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1565 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1569 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1570 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1573 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1578 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1579 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1580 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1582 APP is the application context in which we work.
1584 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1585 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1586 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1588 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1591 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1600 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1602 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1605 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1607 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1608 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1609 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1610 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1611 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1616 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1619 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1620 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1621 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1622 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1624 static const XColor
*
1625 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1629 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1631 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1633 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1636 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1637 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1638 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1639 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1640 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1642 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1643 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1645 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1646 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1649 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1650 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1654 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1655 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1658 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1663 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1665 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1668 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1670 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1671 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1672 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1673 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1677 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1681 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1682 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1685 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1689 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1693 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1694 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1695 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1699 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1706 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1709 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1710 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1711 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1712 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1714 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1716 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1718 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1720 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1721 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1722 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1723 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1725 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1728 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1732 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1733 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1734 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1735 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1739 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1740 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1741 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1742 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1743 XColor
*cached_color
;
1745 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1746 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1747 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1748 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1749 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1751 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1752 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1753 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1757 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1759 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1760 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1766 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1767 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1768 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1772 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1777 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1778 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1782 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1783 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1784 get color reference counts right. */
1787 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1789 unsigned long pixel
;
1793 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1795 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1796 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1798 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1799 register_color (pixel
);
1805 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1806 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1807 get color reference counts right. */
1810 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1813 unsigned long pixel
;
1817 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1819 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1820 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1822 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1823 register_color (pixel
);
1829 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1832 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1833 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1834 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1835 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1836 use an additional additive factor.
1838 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1839 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1840 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1843 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1844 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1845 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1846 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1847 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1848 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1851 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1855 unsigned long *pixel
;
1863 /* Get RGB color values. */
1864 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1865 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1867 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1868 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1869 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1870 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1871 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1873 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1874 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1876 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1877 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1878 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1879 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1880 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1882 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1883 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1884 /* The additive adjustment. */
1885 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1889 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1890 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1891 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1895 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1896 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1897 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1901 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1902 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1905 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1907 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1908 delta to the RGB values. */
1909 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1911 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1912 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1913 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1914 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1925 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1926 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1927 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1928 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1929 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1930 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1933 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1935 struct relief
*relief
;
1938 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1941 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1942 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1943 unsigned long pixel
;
1944 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1945 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1946 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1947 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1949 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1950 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1952 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1953 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1954 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1956 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1958 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1959 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1962 /* Allocate new color. */
1963 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1965 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1966 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1968 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1969 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1972 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1974 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1976 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1979 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1983 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1986 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1987 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1989 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1990 unsigned long color
;
1992 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1993 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1994 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1996 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1997 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2002 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2003 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2004 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2007 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2008 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2010 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2011 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2012 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2013 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2014 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2019 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2020 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2021 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2022 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2023 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2024 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2028 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2029 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2031 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2032 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2033 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2035 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2036 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2041 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2043 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2044 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2048 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2049 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2050 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2051 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2055 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2056 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2057 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2059 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2061 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2063 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2064 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2068 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2069 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2070 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2071 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2075 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2076 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2077 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2079 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2083 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2084 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2085 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2086 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2087 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2088 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2091 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2092 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2093 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2094 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2095 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2099 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2100 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2101 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2104 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2105 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2109 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2110 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2113 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2114 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2118 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2119 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2121 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2122 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2126 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2129 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2130 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2132 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2133 int left_p
, right_p
;
2134 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2135 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2137 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2138 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2139 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2141 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2142 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2144 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2146 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2147 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2149 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2151 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2153 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2155 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2156 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2158 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2159 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2160 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2162 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2164 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2166 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2167 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2168 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2171 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2172 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2173 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2178 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2181 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2182 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2185 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2187 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2188 right of that line. */
2189 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2190 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2192 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2194 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2196 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2197 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2198 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2199 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2205 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2206 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2207 trust on the shape extension to be available
2208 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2210 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2213 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2215 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2216 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2217 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2218 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2219 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2221 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2224 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2225 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2226 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2227 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2228 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2229 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2233 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2235 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2238 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2239 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2240 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2241 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2242 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2243 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2245 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2246 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2247 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2248 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2249 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2250 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2251 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2253 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2255 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2257 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2258 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2263 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2264 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2265 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2269 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2272 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2273 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2275 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2278 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2280 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2281 right of that line. */
2282 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2283 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2285 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2287 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2289 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2290 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2291 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2292 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2294 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2295 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2297 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2298 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2302 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2303 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2308 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2309 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2311 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2312 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2313 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2315 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2317 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2322 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2325 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2326 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2330 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2332 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2333 right of that line. */
2334 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2335 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2337 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2339 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2341 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2342 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2343 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2344 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2350 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2351 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2352 trust on the shape extension to be available
2353 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2355 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2359 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2360 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2361 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2362 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2363 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2365 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2366 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2367 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2368 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2372 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2373 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2374 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2376 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2377 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2378 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2379 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2380 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2381 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2382 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2384 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2386 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2387 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2388 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2393 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2394 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2395 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2399 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2400 give the rectangle to draw. */
2403 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2404 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2409 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2410 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2411 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2412 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2415 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2419 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2422 s->x +-------------------------
2425 | +-------------------------
2428 | | +-------------------
2434 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2435 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2437 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2438 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2440 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2443 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2444 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2445 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2446 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2448 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2449 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2451 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2452 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2456 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2457 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2461 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2462 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2463 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2464 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2465 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2467 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2468 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2469 s
->background_width
,
2472 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2474 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2476 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2479 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2480 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2481 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2482 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2483 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2488 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2490 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2491 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2492 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2493 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2501 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2503 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2505 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2506 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2508 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2511 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2514 /* Draw the foreground. */
2517 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2518 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2519 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2520 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2521 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2524 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2526 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2528 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2529 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2530 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2534 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2537 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2538 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2540 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2541 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2543 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2544 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2546 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2547 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2548 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2549 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2553 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2556 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2559 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2561 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2562 if (width
< background_width
)
2565 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2570 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2571 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2573 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2579 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2580 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2582 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2584 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2585 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2586 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2587 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2592 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2593 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2594 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2595 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2599 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2601 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2602 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2606 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2609 if (background_width
> 0)
2610 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2613 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2617 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2620 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2621 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2623 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2625 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2626 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2627 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2628 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2630 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2631 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2632 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2633 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2636 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2637 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2639 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2640 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2641 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2642 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2643 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2644 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2647 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2648 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2649 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2650 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2654 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2656 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2659 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2663 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2667 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2668 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2670 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2671 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2674 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2675 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2676 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2678 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2679 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2686 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2688 /* Draw underline. */
2689 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2691 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2694 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2695 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2698 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2699 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2700 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2701 specs, and its default is
2703 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2704 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2706 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2707 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2708 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2709 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2710 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2712 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2714 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2715 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2716 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2720 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2721 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2722 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2723 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2724 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2728 /* Draw overline. */
2729 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2731 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2733 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2734 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2739 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2740 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2741 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2743 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2747 /* Draw strike-through. */
2748 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2750 unsigned long h
= 1;
2751 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2753 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2754 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2759 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2760 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2761 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2763 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2767 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2768 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2769 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2772 /* Reset clipping. */
2773 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2776 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2779 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2781 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2783 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2784 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2785 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2789 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2793 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
2801 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2802 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2805 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2812 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2813 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2817 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2820 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2822 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2824 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2825 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2826 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2828 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2829 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2831 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2833 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2834 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2835 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2837 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2844 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2846 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2847 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2849 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2852 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2853 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2856 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2857 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2859 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2860 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2861 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2863 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2864 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2868 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2870 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2871 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2875 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2877 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2878 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2880 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2882 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2894 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2895 pixels into background pixels. */
2899 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2900 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2901 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2903 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2904 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2908 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2909 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2910 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2911 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2912 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2913 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2914 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2918 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2919 edge it is next to. */
2920 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2922 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2923 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2926 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2927 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2934 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2936 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2937 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2939 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2941 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2942 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2943 width
, flash_height
);
2944 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2946 (height
- flash_height
2947 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2948 width
, flash_height
);
2951 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2952 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2953 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2954 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2959 struct timeval wakeup
;
2961 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2963 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2964 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2965 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2966 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2968 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2970 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2972 struct timeval current
;
2973 struct timeval timeout
;
2975 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2977 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2978 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2981 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2983 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2985 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2986 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2990 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2991 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2993 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2995 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2996 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2997 width
, flash_height
);
2998 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3000 (height
- flash_height
3001 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3002 width
, flash_height
);
3005 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3006 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3007 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3008 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3010 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3018 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3021 /* Make audible bell. */
3026 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3028 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3030 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3037 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3038 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3045 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3046 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3047 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3048 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3051 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3054 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3059 /***********************************************************************
3061 ***********************************************************************/
3063 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3064 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3067 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3075 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3078 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3082 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3083 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3085 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3086 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3088 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3090 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3091 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3092 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3096 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3097 line at the bottom. */
3098 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3099 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3101 height
= run
->height
;
3105 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3107 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3108 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3110 height
= run
->height
;
3115 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3119 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3120 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3121 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3131 /***********************************************************************
3133 ***********************************************************************/
3140 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3141 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3142 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3143 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3145 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3146 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3148 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3152 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3155 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3156 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3157 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3158 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3160 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3161 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3163 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3166 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3167 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3168 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3169 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3170 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3173 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3174 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3175 struct frame
*frame
;
3177 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3179 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3181 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3182 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3183 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3185 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3186 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3189 selected_frame
= frame
;
3190 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3192 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3193 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3196 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3197 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3199 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3202 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3205 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3206 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3207 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3210 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3213 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3214 struct frame
*frame
;
3215 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3217 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3219 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3221 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3222 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3224 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3225 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3226 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3227 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3228 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3230 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3231 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3235 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3238 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3239 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3242 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3244 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3246 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3248 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3249 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3253 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3254 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3259 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3260 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3262 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3265 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3266 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3268 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3270 struct frame
*frame
;
3272 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3276 switch (event
->type
)
3281 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3283 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3285 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3286 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3287 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3288 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3290 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3296 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3297 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3298 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3299 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3305 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3308 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3309 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3311 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3314 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3315 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3316 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3318 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3319 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3320 the appropriate X display info. */
3323 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3324 struct frame
*frame
;
3326 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3330 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3331 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3333 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3335 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3337 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3338 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3339 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3340 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3341 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3343 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3344 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3348 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3350 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3353 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3354 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3355 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3361 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3363 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3365 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3366 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3368 int min_code
, max_code
;
3371 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3373 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3374 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3375 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3376 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3377 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3380 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3382 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3383 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3386 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3387 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3389 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3391 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3392 Alt keysyms are on. */
3394 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3395 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3397 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3399 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3400 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3402 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3404 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3408 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3412 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3414 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3420 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3421 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3426 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3427 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3432 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3433 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3434 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3435 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3440 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3441 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3442 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3443 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3447 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3448 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3449 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3450 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3451 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3460 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3461 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3463 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3464 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3467 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3468 make them just meta, not alt. */
3469 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3471 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3474 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3475 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3478 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3482 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3483 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3486 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3487 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3488 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3489 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3492 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3493 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3494 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3495 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3496 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3497 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3498 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3499 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3502 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3503 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3504 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3505 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3506 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3507 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3511 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3512 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3515 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3516 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3517 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3518 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3522 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3523 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3524 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3525 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3526 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3527 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3528 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3529 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3532 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3533 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3534 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3535 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3536 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3537 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3540 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3543 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3549 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3557 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3559 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3561 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3565 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3566 struct input_event
*result
;
3567 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3570 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3572 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3573 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3574 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3575 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3577 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3581 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3582 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3583 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3589 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3590 The input handler calls this.
3592 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3593 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3594 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3595 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3597 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3598 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3601 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3603 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3605 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3606 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3607 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3609 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3612 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3614 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3615 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3616 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3617 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3622 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3623 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3624 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3625 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3626 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3627 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3629 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3630 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3631 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3632 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3633 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3634 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3642 /************************************************************************
3644 ************************************************************************/
3647 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3649 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3650 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3651 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3652 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3653 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3658 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3659 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3661 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3662 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3663 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3664 position on the scroll bar.
3666 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3667 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3670 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3671 was at this position.
3673 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3675 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3679 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3682 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3683 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3685 unsigned long *time
;
3691 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3692 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3698 Window dummy_window
;
3701 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3703 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3704 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3705 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3706 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3707 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3709 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3711 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3712 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3713 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3715 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3718 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3719 a different screen. */
3722 /* The position on that root window. */
3725 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3728 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3730 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3732 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3733 containing the pointer. */
3737 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3741 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3742 structure is changing at the same time this function
3743 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3745 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3747 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3748 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3750 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3751 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3752 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3754 /* From-window, to-window. */
3755 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3757 /* From-position, to-position. */
3758 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3762 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3768 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3770 /* From-window, to-window. */
3773 /* From-position, to-position. */
3774 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3779 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3787 /* Now we know that:
3788 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3789 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3790 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3791 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3792 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3793 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3794 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3795 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3796 never use them in that case.) */
3798 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3799 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3801 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3802 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3805 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3806 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3808 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3811 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3814 x_uncatch_errors ();
3816 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3819 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3821 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3825 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3831 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3832 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3836 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3837 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3838 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3839 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3840 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3841 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3842 the frame are divided into. */
3844 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3845 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3850 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3851 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3852 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3862 /***********************************************************************
3864 ***********************************************************************/
3866 /* Scroll bar support. */
3868 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3870 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3873 static struct scroll_bar
*
3874 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3880 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3881 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3882 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3884 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3885 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3888 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3890 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3891 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3892 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3895 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
3898 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3900 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3901 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3902 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3903 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3904 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3907 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3908 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3909 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3910 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3917 #if defined USE_LUCID
3919 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3920 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3923 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3928 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3929 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3932 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
3934 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3935 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3937 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3945 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3948 /************************************************************************
3950 ************************************************************************/
3952 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3954 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3955 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3956 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3957 struct scroll_bar
*));
3958 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
3962 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3963 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
3965 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
3967 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
3969 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
3971 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
3972 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
3975 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
3977 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
3979 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
3981 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
3982 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
3983 to avoid jerkyness. */
3985 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
3987 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
3988 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
3989 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
3990 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
3993 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
3996 XtPointer client_data
;
4000 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4006 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4007 end_action
= "Release";
4008 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4009 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4010 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4011 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4014 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4015 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4019 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4020 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4021 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4023 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4025 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4026 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4027 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4029 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4030 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4032 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4033 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4036 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4038 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4039 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4041 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4042 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4045 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4046 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4047 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4048 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4051 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4053 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4056 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4057 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4058 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4063 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4064 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4065 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4066 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4067 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4070 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4071 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4072 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4073 into that array in the event. */
4074 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4075 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4078 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4080 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4081 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4082 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4084 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4086 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4087 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4090 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4091 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4092 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4093 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4094 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4095 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4097 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4098 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4100 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4101 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4102 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4103 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4108 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4112 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4114 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4116 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4121 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4122 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4124 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4125 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4127 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4128 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4131 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4133 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4135 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4136 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4137 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4138 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4139 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4145 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4147 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4150 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4151 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4152 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4155 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4157 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4159 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4160 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4161 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4165 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4166 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4167 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4170 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4171 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4172 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4175 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4176 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4177 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4180 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4181 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4182 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4186 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4187 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4190 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4191 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4192 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4199 /* Get the slider size. */
4201 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4204 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4205 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4206 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4207 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4211 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4217 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4218 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4219 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4224 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4226 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4227 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4230 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4234 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4240 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4241 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4243 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4245 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4248 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4250 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4256 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4258 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4260 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4262 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4263 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4265 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4267 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4268 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4270 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4272 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4273 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4275 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4277 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4278 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4282 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4283 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4284 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4285 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4290 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4291 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4292 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4296 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4298 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4299 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4300 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4304 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4306 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4308 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4309 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4311 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4314 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4316 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4320 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4322 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4323 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4324 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4325 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4326 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4328 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4330 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4332 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4333 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4334 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4335 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4339 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4340 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4341 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4342 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4343 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4344 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4345 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4348 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4350 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4352 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4353 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4354 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4358 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4360 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4363 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4364 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4366 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4367 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4368 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4369 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4371 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4373 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4374 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4375 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4376 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4379 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4380 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4382 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4384 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4385 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4389 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4391 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4393 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4396 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4401 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4404 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4406 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4412 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4413 unsigned long pixel
;
4418 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4419 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4420 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4421 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4422 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4423 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4424 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4425 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4427 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4430 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4434 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4437 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4441 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4442 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4444 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4445 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4447 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4449 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4451 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4453 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4455 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4457 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4460 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4461 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4463 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4464 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4465 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4466 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4468 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4470 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4471 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4472 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4473 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4474 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4475 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4476 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4477 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4479 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4482 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4486 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4489 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4493 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4495 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4496 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4498 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4499 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4500 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4502 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4504 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4506 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4507 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4508 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4510 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4513 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4514 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4515 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4516 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4517 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4518 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4520 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4524 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4525 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4526 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4528 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4530 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4533 /* Specify the colors. */
4534 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4537 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4540 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4543 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4549 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4550 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4554 char *val
= initial
;
4555 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4556 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4557 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4559 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4560 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4561 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4562 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4563 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4564 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4568 /* Define callbacks. */
4569 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4570 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4573 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4574 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4576 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4578 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4579 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4580 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4581 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4583 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4584 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4585 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4586 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4590 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4593 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4594 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4598 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4599 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4600 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4602 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4605 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4607 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4608 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4609 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4611 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4612 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4619 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4620 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4621 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4622 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4623 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4624 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4625 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4626 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4627 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4628 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4629 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4630 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4631 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4632 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4639 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4640 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4643 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4647 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4648 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4650 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4651 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4652 size
= max (size
, 1);
4654 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4655 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4656 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4658 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4660 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4666 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4667 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4671 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4673 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4674 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4675 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4679 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4680 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4681 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4684 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4685 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4687 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4688 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4689 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4690 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4692 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4693 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4696 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4697 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4698 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4700 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4704 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4708 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4710 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4714 /************************************************************************
4715 Scroll bars, general
4716 ************************************************************************/
4718 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4719 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4720 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4723 static struct scroll_bar
*
4724 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4726 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4728 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4729 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4730 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4734 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4735 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4736 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4738 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4742 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4743 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4744 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4746 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4747 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4749 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4751 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4753 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4754 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4755 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4756 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4757 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4759 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4761 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4762 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4763 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4765 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4767 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4774 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4776 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4778 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4779 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4780 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4781 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4782 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4783 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4784 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4785 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4787 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4788 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4790 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4791 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4792 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4794 /* Map the window/widget. */
4795 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4798 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4799 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4801 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4802 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4804 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4805 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4806 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4807 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4808 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4810 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4811 max (height
, 1), 0);
4812 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4813 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4815 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4816 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4817 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4824 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4826 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4827 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4828 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4831 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4832 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4833 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4834 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4835 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4837 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4840 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4841 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4845 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4846 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4847 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4848 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4850 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4852 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4853 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4859 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4860 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4861 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4863 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4864 the distance between start and end. */
4866 int length
= end
- start
;
4870 else if (start
> top_range
)
4872 end
= start
+ length
;
4876 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4880 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4881 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4882 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4884 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4885 if (end
> top_range
)
4888 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4889 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4890 that many pixels tall. */
4891 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4893 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4894 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4896 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4897 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4898 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4899 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4900 inside_width
, start
,
4903 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4904 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4905 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4906 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4908 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4909 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4910 /* x, y, width, height */
4911 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4912 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4913 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4915 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4916 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4917 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4918 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
4920 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4921 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4922 if (end
< inside_height
)
4923 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4924 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4925 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4926 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4927 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4935 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4937 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4941 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4942 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4944 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4947 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4949 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4950 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4951 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4952 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4954 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4957 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4958 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4964 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
4965 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
4966 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
4970 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
4972 int portion
, whole
, position
;
4974 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4975 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4976 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
4977 int window_y
, window_height
;
4979 /* Get window dimensions. */
4980 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
4982 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
4983 height
= window_height
;
4985 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
4986 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
4988 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
4989 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
4990 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
4991 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
4995 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
4996 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4997 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
4999 (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5000 ? width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5004 (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5005 ? (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5006 : width
- sb_width
));
5008 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5009 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5014 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5015 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5017 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5020 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5021 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5025 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5029 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5030 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5032 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5036 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5038 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5040 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5042 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5045 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5047 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5050 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5051 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5052 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5053 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5054 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5056 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5057 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5059 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5060 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5062 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5063 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5064 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5066 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5067 max (height
, 1), 0);
5068 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5070 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5072 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5073 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5074 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5076 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5077 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5079 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5080 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5081 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5085 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5086 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5087 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5090 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5091 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5092 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5094 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5095 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5096 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5097 rest
, height
, False
);
5099 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5100 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5104 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5109 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5111 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5113 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5117 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5119 /* Remember new settings. */
5120 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5121 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5122 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5123 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5128 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5129 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5130 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5131 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5133 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5135 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5138 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5141 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5142 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5143 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5146 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5148 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5152 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5153 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5154 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5155 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5156 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5157 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5158 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5160 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5161 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5162 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5165 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5168 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5169 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5172 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5173 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5174 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5175 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5176 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5177 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5178 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5183 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5184 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5187 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5188 struct window
*window
;
5190 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5193 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5194 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5197 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5199 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5200 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5201 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5203 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5205 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5206 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5208 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5209 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5210 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5212 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5213 one or the other! */
5217 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5219 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5220 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5222 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5224 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5225 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5226 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5229 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5230 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5233 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5236 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5238 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5240 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5241 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5242 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5244 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5246 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5248 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5251 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5254 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5255 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5259 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5260 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5261 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5263 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5267 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5268 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5271 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5272 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5273 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5274 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5278 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5280 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5281 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5283 /* x, y, width, height */
5285 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5286 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5291 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5293 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5294 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5296 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5301 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5302 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5304 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5306 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5309 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5310 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5311 emacs_event
->modifiers
5312 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5313 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5314 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5315 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5318 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5319 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5320 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5323 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5325 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5328 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5329 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5332 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5334 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5335 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5336 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5337 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5339 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5341 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5342 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5343 whether or not we're dragging. */
5345 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5347 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5348 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5349 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5352 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5353 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5354 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5355 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5357 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5358 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5360 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5361 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5365 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5367 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5369 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5370 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5372 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5374 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5377 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5381 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5383 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5385 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5389 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5390 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5393 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5395 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5398 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5400 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5401 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5403 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5404 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5406 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5408 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5410 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5415 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5417 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5418 on the scroll bar. */
5421 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5423 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5424 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5426 unsigned long *time
;
5428 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5429 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5430 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5432 Window dummy_window
;
5434 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5438 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5440 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5442 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5443 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5444 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5446 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5449 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5456 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5459 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5461 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5463 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5464 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5468 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5472 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5474 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5475 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5476 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5477 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5478 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5479 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5481 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5483 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5484 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5487 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5490 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5496 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5497 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5498 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5502 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5505 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5508 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5509 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5510 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5511 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5512 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5513 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5514 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5515 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5517 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5521 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5524 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5525 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5526 sometimes don't work. */
5528 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5531 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5532 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5533 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5534 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5536 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5537 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5539 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5541 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5542 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5544 static int temp_index
;
5545 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5547 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5548 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5550 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5552 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5553 on a particular display. */
5555 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5557 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5558 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5559 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5560 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5562 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5564 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5567 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5568 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5569 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5570 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5571 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5572 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5576 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5577 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5587 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5588 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5589 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5591 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5593 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5597 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5598 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5601 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5602 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5603 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5606 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5607 event
->xclient
.window
);
5609 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5614 static int current_count
;
5615 static int current_finish
;
5616 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5618 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5619 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5620 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5621 static GdkFilterReturn
5622 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5627 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5629 if (current_count
>= 0)
5631 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5633 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5636 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5637 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5638 so we do it here. */
5639 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5640 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5641 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5645 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5649 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5654 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5656 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5657 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5659 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5661 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5664 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5666 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5667 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5668 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5670 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5673 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5674 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5677 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5680 struct input_event ie
;
5681 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5686 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5687 struct coding_system coding
;
5688 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5690 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5692 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5693 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5700 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5701 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5702 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5704 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5705 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5707 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5708 could be the shell widget window
5709 if the frame has no title bar. */
5710 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5712 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5713 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5714 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5716 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5717 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5718 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5719 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5720 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5723 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5724 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5725 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5726 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5729 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5730 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5731 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5734 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5735 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5736 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5738 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5739 /* The ICCCM says this is
5740 the only valid choice. */
5742 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5743 /* This is needed to detect the error
5744 if there is an error. */
5746 x_uncatch_errors ();
5748 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5753 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5754 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5756 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5757 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5758 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5759 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5760 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5761 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5762 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5763 session manager and one for this. */
5765 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5768 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5769 event
.xclient
.window
);
5770 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5771 for a single Emacs process. */
5772 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5773 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5774 event
.xclient
.window
,
5775 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5777 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5778 event
.xclient
.window
,
5784 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5785 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5787 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5788 event
.xclient
.window
);
5790 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5792 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5793 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5800 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5801 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5806 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5807 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5810 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5812 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5813 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5817 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5824 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5825 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5827 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5829 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5833 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5835 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5836 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5837 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5838 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5840 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5841 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5842 currently never do because we are interested in
5843 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5844 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5845 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5848 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5849 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5853 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5854 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5855 we construct an input_event. */
5856 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5857 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5859 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5860 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5863 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5865 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5868 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5869 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5873 case SelectionNotify
:
5874 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5875 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5877 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5878 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5881 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5882 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5883 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5885 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5887 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5889 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5890 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5891 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5892 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5893 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5897 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5898 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5899 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5901 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5903 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5904 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5906 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5907 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5908 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5909 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5910 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5911 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5912 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5913 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5917 case PropertyNotify
:
5918 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5919 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5920 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5921 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5922 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
5926 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5929 case ReparentNotify
:
5930 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5934 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5935 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5939 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
5940 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
5945 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
5948 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
5951 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
5952 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5953 event
.xexpose
.window
,
5954 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5955 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
5958 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
5960 f
->async_visible
= 1;
5961 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
5962 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
5963 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
5967 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5968 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
5972 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5973 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5975 #if defined USE_LUCID
5976 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
5977 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
5978 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
5981 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
5983 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
5985 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
5987 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5988 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
5990 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5991 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5992 event
.xexpose
.window
);
5995 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
5996 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5999 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6000 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6004 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6005 source area was obscured or not
6007 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6011 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6012 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6013 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6015 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6018 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6021 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6022 source area was completely
6027 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6028 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6031 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6034 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6035 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6036 the frame was deleted. */
6038 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6039 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6040 display that won't ever be seen. */
6041 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6042 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6043 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6044 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6045 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6046 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6047 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6048 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6050 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6052 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6053 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6059 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6060 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6061 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6064 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6065 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6066 frame is visible. */
6067 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6070 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6071 the frame's display structures.
6072 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6073 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6074 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6075 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6076 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6077 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6079 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6080 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6081 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6085 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6086 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6088 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6089 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6090 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6091 to update the frame titles
6092 in case this is the second frame. */
6093 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6099 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6101 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6102 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6103 if (popup_activated ())
6107 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6109 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6110 mouse highlighting. */
6111 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6113 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6115 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6116 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6119 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6122 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6123 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6124 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6126 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6128 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6129 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6132 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6136 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6137 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6138 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6141 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6142 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6143 status_return even if the input is too long to
6144 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6145 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6146 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6147 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6148 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6149 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6150 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6152 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6156 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6157 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6158 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6160 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6164 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6165 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6166 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6168 /* This will have to go some day... */
6170 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6171 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6172 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6173 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6174 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6175 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6176 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6178 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6179 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6180 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6181 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6182 not it is combined with Meta. */
6183 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6184 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6189 Status status_return
;
6191 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6192 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6193 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6194 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6196 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6198 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6199 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6200 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6201 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6202 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6205 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6206 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6207 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6208 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6209 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6210 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6211 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6212 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6214 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6216 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6217 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6218 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6221 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6227 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6229 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6234 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6235 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6239 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6240 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6243 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6244 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6248 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6249 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6250 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6253 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6254 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6256 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6257 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6259 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6260 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6262 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6263 translations to characters. */
6264 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6265 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6267 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6268 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6272 /* Keysyms directly mapped to supported Unicode characters. */
6273 if ((keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x010033ff)
6274 || (keysym
>= 0x0100e000 && keysym
<= 0x0100ffff))
6276 int code
= keysym
& 0xFFFF, charset_id
, c1
, c2
;
6280 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6281 inev
.ie
.code
= code
;
6283 else if (code
< 0x100)
6286 charset_id
= CHARSET_8_BIT_CONTROL
;
6288 charset_id
= charset_latin_iso8859_1
;
6289 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6290 inev
.ie
.code
= MAKE_CHAR (charset_id
, code
, 0);
6295 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_0100_24ff
,
6297 else if (code
< 0xE000)
6298 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_2500_33ff
,
6301 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_e000_ffff
,
6303 c1
= (code
/ 96) + 32, c2
= (code
% 96) + 32;
6304 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6305 inev
.ie
.code
= MAKE_CHAR (charset_id
, c1
, c2
);
6310 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6311 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6312 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6316 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6317 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6318 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6319 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6323 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6324 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6325 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6326 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6327 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6328 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6330 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6331 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6333 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6334 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6335 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6336 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6337 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6338 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6340 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6341 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6343 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6344 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6346 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6347 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6349 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6350 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6352 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6353 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6355 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6356 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6358 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6359 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6361 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6362 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6364 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6365 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6367 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6368 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6370 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6371 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6373 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6374 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6376 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6377 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6379 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6380 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6381 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6382 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6383 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6384 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6386 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6387 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6390 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6392 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6393 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6394 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6395 don't have real modifiers but
6396 should be treated similarly to
6397 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6398 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6399 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6401 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6402 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6406 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6407 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6409 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6410 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6414 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6419 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6420 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6421 we used just above and the locale. */
6422 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6423 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6424 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6425 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6426 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6427 gives us composition information. */
6428 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6430 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6432 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6436 /* Decode the input data. */
6440 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6441 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6442 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6443 /* We explicitly disable composition handling because
6444 key data should not contain any composition sequence. */
6445 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6446 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
, nbytes
, require
);
6447 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6448 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6452 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6453 character events. */
6454 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6456 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6457 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6459 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6461 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6462 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6463 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6465 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6468 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6469 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6472 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6474 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6480 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6481 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6490 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6491 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6499 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6501 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6503 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6504 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6507 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6509 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6510 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6512 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6514 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6515 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6518 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6519 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6522 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6523 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6524 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6525 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6527 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6528 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6529 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6530 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
);
6535 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6539 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6541 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6544 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6546 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6547 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6548 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6549 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6552 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6553 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6554 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6555 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6556 if (any_help_event_p
)
6560 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6561 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6562 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
);
6567 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6572 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6573 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6575 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6576 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6577 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6579 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6581 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6583 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6584 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6590 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6591 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6595 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6596 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6599 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6600 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6601 will be selected iff it is active. */
6602 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6603 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6604 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6606 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6607 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6612 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6613 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6617 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6618 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6619 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6620 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6623 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6624 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6626 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6627 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6628 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6631 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6632 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6633 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6634 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6639 case ConfigureNotify
:
6640 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6643 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6645 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6646 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6647 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6648 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6649 do this one, the right one will come later.
6650 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6651 need to reset it below. */
6653 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6654 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6655 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6656 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6661 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6662 is called by the code that handles resizing
6663 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6665 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6666 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6667 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6668 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6669 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6670 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6671 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6673 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6674 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6675 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6677 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6680 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6681 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6684 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6685 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6686 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6687 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6690 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6692 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6693 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6697 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6698 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6701 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6703 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6704 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6705 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6706 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6714 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6715 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6718 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6719 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6721 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6723 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6724 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6726 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6730 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6731 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6732 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6735 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6736 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6738 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6739 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6741 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6742 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6744 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6745 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6746 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6752 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6753 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6755 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6756 if (! popup_activated ())
6759 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6761 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6762 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6764 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6765 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6767 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6768 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6771 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6777 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6778 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6779 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6781 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6782 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6784 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6786 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6787 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6789 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6791 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6792 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6795 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6797 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6798 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6801 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6804 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6806 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6807 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6808 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6812 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6813 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6814 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6815 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6816 Instead, save it away
6817 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6818 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6821 ! popup_activated ()
6824 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6825 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6826 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6827 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6828 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6829 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6830 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6831 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6833 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6834 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6836 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6839 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6841 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6845 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6846 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6847 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6849 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6851 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6852 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6853 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6858 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6861 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6865 case CirculateNotify
:
6868 case CirculateRequest
:
6871 case VisibilityNotify
:
6875 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6877 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6879 case MappingModifier
:
6880 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6881 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6882 case MappingKeyboard
:
6883 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6889 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6891 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6892 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6894 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6899 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6901 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6906 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6911 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6917 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6918 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6919 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6923 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6924 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6934 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6935 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6936 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6938 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6940 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6944 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6945 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6947 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6950 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6956 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6957 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6958 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6960 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6961 thus pretending to be `read'.
6963 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6966 XTread_socket (terminal
, expected
, hold_quit
)
6967 struct terminal
*terminal
;
6969 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
6973 int event_found
= 0;
6974 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6976 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
6978 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
6982 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
6985 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
6986 input_signal_count
++;
6991 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
6992 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
6994 struct input_event inev
;
6996 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
6997 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
6998 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7000 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7007 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7008 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7010 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7011 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7014 #if 0 /* This loop is a noop now. */
7015 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
7016 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
7017 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7019 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7021 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7022 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7023 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7024 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7025 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7026 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7029 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7030 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7031 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7032 for X connections. */
7035 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7037 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7038 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7039 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7040 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7042 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7049 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7053 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7056 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7057 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7062 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7063 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7065 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7071 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7072 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7073 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7074 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7076 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7077 from all displays. */
7079 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7081 current_count
= count
;
7082 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7084 gtk_main_iteration ();
7086 count
= current_count
;
7088 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7090 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7093 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7097 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7098 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7101 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7102 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7103 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7105 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7109 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7110 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7112 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7114 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7115 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7119 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7121 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7122 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7124 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7125 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7137 /***********************************************************************
7139 ***********************************************************************/
7141 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7142 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7144 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7145 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7146 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7149 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7151 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7155 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7156 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7157 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7159 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7161 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7162 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7163 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7164 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7165 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7167 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7171 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7174 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7176 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7178 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7179 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7180 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7183 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7186 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7187 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7188 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7189 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7192 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7193 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7194 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7196 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7197 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7198 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7199 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7200 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7202 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7203 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7204 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7206 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7207 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7208 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7209 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7213 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7215 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7216 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7217 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7221 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7223 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7225 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7227 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7228 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7230 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7231 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7233 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7234 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7237 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7238 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7239 the bar might not be in the window. */
7240 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7242 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7243 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7244 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7248 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7249 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7250 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7251 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7252 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7255 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7256 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7257 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7258 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7259 that the glyph is legible. */
7260 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7261 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7263 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7264 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7267 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7270 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7271 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7275 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7276 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7278 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7279 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7281 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7282 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7283 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7284 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7285 width
, row
->height
);
7287 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7288 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7289 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7290 row
->height
- width
),
7291 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7294 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7299 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7302 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7306 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7310 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7313 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7315 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7317 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7318 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7322 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7325 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7327 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7329 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7332 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7336 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7337 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7339 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7340 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7342 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7343 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7346 switch (cursor_type
)
7348 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7349 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7352 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7353 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7357 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7361 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7365 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7373 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7374 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7375 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7380 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7387 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7390 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7396 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7399 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7400 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7401 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7402 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7407 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7408 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7409 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7411 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7412 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7413 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7417 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7418 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7422 #if defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7424 if (xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7427 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7429 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7430 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7431 #endif /* defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) */
7433 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7436 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7437 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7441 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7442 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7446 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7447 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7448 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7449 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7450 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7452 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7455 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7456 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7462 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7463 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7466 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7470 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7476 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7477 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7479 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7480 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7482 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7483 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7484 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7486 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7487 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7488 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7489 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7494 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7496 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7497 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7499 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7500 be called from a signal handler.
7503 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7504 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7506 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7508 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7510 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7511 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7512 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7515 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7519 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7520 x_error_message
->string
,
7521 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7524 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7525 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7528 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7529 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7530 stored in x_error_message_string.
7532 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7533 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7535 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7537 void x_check_errors ();
7540 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7543 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7545 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7549 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7550 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7551 x_error_message
= data
;
7554 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7555 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7560 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7564 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7565 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7566 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7567 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7569 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7570 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7575 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7576 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7577 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7580 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7584 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7587 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7589 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7590 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7591 x_uncatch_errors ();
7592 error (format
, string
);
7596 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7597 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7600 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7603 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7606 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7609 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7612 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7615 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7618 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7619 * idea. --lorentey */
7620 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7623 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7625 while (x_error_message
)
7626 x_uncatch_errors ();
7630 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7633 x_catching_errors ()
7635 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7639 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7642 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7647 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7648 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7649 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7650 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7651 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7654 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7655 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7658 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7659 must reestablish each time */
7660 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7665 /************************************************************************
7667 ************************************************************************/
7669 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7671 static char *error_msg
;
7673 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7674 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7675 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7678 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7680 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7684 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7685 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7688 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7690 char *error_message
;
7692 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7693 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7694 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7696 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7697 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7698 handling_signal
= 0;
7700 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7701 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7702 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7703 the original message here. */
7704 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7706 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7707 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7711 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7713 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7714 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7717 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7718 that are on the dead display. */
7719 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7721 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7723 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7724 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7725 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7726 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7727 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7728 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7731 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7732 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7733 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7734 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7735 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7736 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7738 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7739 trying to find a replacement. */
7740 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7741 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7744 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7745 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7746 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7748 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7749 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7750 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7752 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7753 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7755 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7756 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7757 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7759 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7760 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7761 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7764 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7765 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7766 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7767 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7773 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7778 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7779 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7781 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7782 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7783 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7784 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7787 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7790 x_uncatch_errors ();
7792 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7794 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7795 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7799 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7801 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7803 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7804 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7806 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7807 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7808 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7811 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7812 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7813 static void x_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*, XErrorEvent
*)) NO_RETURN
;
7815 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7816 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7819 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7823 if (x_error_message
)
7824 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7826 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7830 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7831 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7832 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7834 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7836 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7837 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7842 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7848 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7849 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7851 static void NO_INLINE
7852 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7856 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7858 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7859 original error handler. */
7861 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7862 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7863 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7864 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7868 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7869 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7870 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7873 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7878 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7879 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7883 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7885 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7886 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7887 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7888 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7891 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7893 register char *fontname
;
7895 struct font_info
*fontp
7896 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7901 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7902 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7903 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7905 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->average_width
;
7906 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->space_width
;
7907 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7909 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7911 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7912 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7914 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7915 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7916 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7920 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7921 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7924 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7925 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7927 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7928 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7929 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7930 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7931 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7932 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7934 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7935 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7936 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7937 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7938 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7941 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7944 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7945 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7946 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7947 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7950 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7954 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7960 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7961 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7963 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7965 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7967 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7968 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7971 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7972 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7976 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7977 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7980 return build_string (fontsetname
);
7984 /***********************************************************************
7986 ***********************************************************************/
7992 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7993 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7994 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7997 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
7999 XPointer client_data
;
8002 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8003 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8007 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8008 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8010 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8011 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8013 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8014 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8018 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8019 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8020 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8024 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8027 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8028 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8031 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8032 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8035 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8036 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8037 char *resource_name
;
8044 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8051 XIMCallback destroy
;
8054 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8055 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8058 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8059 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8060 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8066 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8067 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8071 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8075 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8076 char *resource_name
;
8079 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8080 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8081 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8082 when the callback was registered. */
8085 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8087 XPointer client_data
;
8090 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8091 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8093 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8097 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8099 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8100 as they have no XIC. */
8101 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8103 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8106 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8108 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8111 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8112 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8114 create_frame_xic (f
);
8115 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8116 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8117 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8119 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8120 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8129 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8132 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8133 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8134 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8135 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8138 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8139 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8140 char *resource_name
;
8145 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8146 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8149 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8150 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8151 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8152 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8153 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8154 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8155 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8156 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8157 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8158 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8159 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8160 least, hence the configure test. */
8161 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8162 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8163 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8164 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8165 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8169 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8170 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8174 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8177 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8178 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8183 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8184 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8185 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8187 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8188 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8189 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8190 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8191 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8192 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8194 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8197 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8201 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8202 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8205 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8208 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8210 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8211 is already for the top-left corner. */
8212 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8215 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8216 position that fits on the screen. */
8217 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8218 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8219 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8222 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8224 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8225 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8226 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8228 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8229 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8230 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8231 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8234 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8235 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8237 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8240 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8241 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8244 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8245 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8246 so the flags should correspond. */
8247 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8250 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8251 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8252 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8253 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8254 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8257 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8259 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8262 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8264 if (change_gravity
!= 0)
8266 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8267 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8271 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8273 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8275 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8276 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8278 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8281 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8283 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8284 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8286 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8288 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8289 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8290 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8291 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8292 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8295 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8296 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8298 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8299 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8302 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8303 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8304 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8305 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8308 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8309 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8310 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8312 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8313 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8314 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8315 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8316 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8317 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8322 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8323 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8325 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8328 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8330 int width
, height
, ign
;
8332 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8334 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8336 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8337 when setting WM manager hints.
8338 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8339 x_check_expected_move. */
8340 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8342 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8343 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8344 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8346 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8347 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8352 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8353 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8354 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8355 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8356 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8357 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8358 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8361 x_check_expected_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
)
8366 int count
= 0, current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8368 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8369 window manager window around the frame. */
8371 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8373 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8375 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8380 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8381 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8382 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8384 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8386 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8387 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8389 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8390 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8392 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8395 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8396 frame's position. */
8398 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8402 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8403 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8404 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8405 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8406 of an exact comparison. */
8409 x_sync_with_move (f
, left
, top
, fuzzy
)
8411 int left
, top
, fuzzy
;
8415 while (count
++ < 50)
8417 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8419 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8420 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8423 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8424 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8428 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8431 if (abs (current_left
- left
) <= 10 && abs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8434 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8438 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8439 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8441 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8445 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8446 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8447 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8448 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8451 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8456 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8458 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8459 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8460 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8462 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8463 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8464 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8466 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8468 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8469 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8471 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8472 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8474 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8475 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8476 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8478 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8479 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8480 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8481 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8483 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8484 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8485 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8486 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8487 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8489 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8491 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8492 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8493 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8495 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8496 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8497 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8498 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8499 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8501 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8505 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8506 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8507 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8508 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8511 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8519 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8520 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8522 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8525 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8527 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8528 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8529 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8530 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8531 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8532 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8533 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8534 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8535 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8538 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8540 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8542 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8544 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8546 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8547 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8549 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8550 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8551 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8552 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8553 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8558 /* Mouse warping. */
8561 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8567 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8568 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8570 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8571 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8573 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8574 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8578 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8579 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8583 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8586 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8592 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8593 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8597 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8600 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8603 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8607 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8608 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8609 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8610 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8611 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8620 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8621 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8622 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8623 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8627 /* Raise frame F. */
8633 if (f
->async_visible
)
8636 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8637 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8642 /* Lower frame F. */
8648 if (f
->async_visible
)
8651 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8652 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8658 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8668 /* Change of visibility. */
8670 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8671 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8672 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8673 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8674 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8675 finishes with it. */
8678 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8682 int original_top
, original_left
;
8683 int retry_count
= 2;
8689 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8691 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8693 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8695 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8696 call x_set_offset a second time
8697 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8698 before the window gets really visible. */
8699 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8700 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8701 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8703 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8705 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8706 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8707 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8708 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8709 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8710 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8712 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8713 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8715 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8716 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8717 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8718 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8719 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8720 to come back ok without this. */
8721 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8722 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8726 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8728 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8729 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8730 so that incoming events are handled. */
8734 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8735 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8736 will set it when they are handled. */
8737 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8739 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8740 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8742 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8745 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8747 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8748 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8749 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8750 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8752 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8753 because the window manager may choose the position
8754 and we don't want to override it. */
8756 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8757 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8758 && previously_visible
)
8762 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8766 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8767 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8768 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8769 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8770 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8771 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8772 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8773 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8774 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8776 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8777 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8778 original_left
, original_top
);
8783 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8785 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8786 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8787 MapNotify at all.. */
8788 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8789 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8791 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8794 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8795 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8796 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8797 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8798 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8800 if (input_polling_used ())
8802 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8803 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8804 handler reset it. */
8805 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8806 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8807 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8808 poll_for_input_1 ();
8809 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8812 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8813 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8818 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8822 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8823 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8824 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8825 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8827 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8832 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8834 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8837 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8842 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8843 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8845 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8846 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8847 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8849 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8850 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8856 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8857 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8858 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8859 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8860 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8861 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8864 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8865 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8871 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8872 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8874 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8875 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8877 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8879 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8880 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8884 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8885 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8886 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8887 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8888 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8889 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8891 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8894 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8895 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8899 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8900 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8901 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8904 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8905 just by the event that we get from the server.
8906 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8907 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8908 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8910 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8911 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8912 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8919 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8928 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8929 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8930 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8932 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8937 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8939 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8941 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8944 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8946 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8947 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8949 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8952 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8953 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8959 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8961 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8963 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8964 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8965 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8966 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8967 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8968 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8969 so we have to record it here. */
8972 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8973 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8978 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8979 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8980 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8984 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8986 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8987 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8991 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8993 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8995 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8996 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8997 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8998 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9000 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9001 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9003 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9004 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9008 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9009 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9010 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9011 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9012 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9014 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9015 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9017 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9020 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9021 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9025 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9027 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9029 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9031 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9032 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9035 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9036 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9038 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9040 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9044 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9047 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9050 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9052 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9056 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9057 commands to the X server. */
9058 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9060 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9061 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9063 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9064 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9065 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9066 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9067 toolkit scroll bars. */
9068 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9070 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9071 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9080 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9081 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9083 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9084 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9086 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9087 we are using a toolkit. */
9088 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9089 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9091 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9092 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9095 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9096 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9097 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9099 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9100 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9101 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9103 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9105 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9106 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9107 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9109 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9110 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9111 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9112 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9113 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9114 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9116 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9117 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9118 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9119 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9120 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9121 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9122 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9123 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9124 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9125 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9126 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9127 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9128 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9129 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9130 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9132 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9133 free_frame_faces (f
);
9136 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9139 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9140 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9142 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9143 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9145 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9146 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9147 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9148 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9149 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9150 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9152 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9154 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9155 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9156 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9157 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9158 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9159 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9160 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9167 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9170 x_destroy_window (f
)
9173 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9175 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9176 commands to the X server. */
9177 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9178 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9180 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9184 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9186 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9187 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9188 that the window now has.
9189 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9190 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9191 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9195 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9200 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9202 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9205 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9208 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9210 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9211 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9213 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9214 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9216 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9217 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9218 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9219 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9220 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9221 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9222 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9223 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9224 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9225 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9227 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9228 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9229 size_hints
.max_width
9230 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9231 size_hints
.max_height
9232 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9234 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9236 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9237 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9238 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9240 int base_width
, base_height
;
9241 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9243 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9244 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9246 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9248 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9249 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9250 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9251 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9252 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9254 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9255 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9256 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9259 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9260 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9261 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9262 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9263 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9265 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9266 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9270 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9273 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9276 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9279 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9280 long supplied_return
;
9284 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9287 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9290 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9291 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9292 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9293 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9294 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9298 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9303 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9304 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9305 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9306 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9307 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9308 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9309 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9310 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9314 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9319 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9320 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9324 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9325 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9327 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9330 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9332 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9335 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9337 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9340 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9344 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9347 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9348 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9349 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9350 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9352 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9353 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9355 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9356 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9360 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9364 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9366 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9367 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9372 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9373 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9374 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9375 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9379 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9380 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9381 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9382 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9383 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9384 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9385 best to explicitly give up. */
9387 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9388 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9397 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9401 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9405 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9406 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9407 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9408 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9411 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9413 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9414 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9416 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9420 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9424 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9426 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9427 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9428 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9430 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9434 /***********************************************************************
9436 ***********************************************************************/
9438 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9441 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9445 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9449 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9451 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9454 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9456 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9457 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9458 on how many fonts to match. */
9461 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9463 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9467 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9468 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9469 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9470 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9471 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9472 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9473 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9477 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9481 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9482 if (NILP (patterns
))
9483 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9485 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9486 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9487 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9489 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9492 char **names
= NULL
;
9494 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9495 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9496 The cache is an alist of the form:
9497 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9498 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9499 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9500 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9501 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9504 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9505 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9509 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9512 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9514 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9517 unsigned long value
;
9519 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9520 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9522 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9523 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9525 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9529 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9531 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9532 int len
= strlen (name
);
9535 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9536 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9537 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9539 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9543 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9544 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9546 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9547 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9552 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9555 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9558 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9560 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9561 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9568 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9569 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9572 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9581 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9584 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9586 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9587 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9589 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9593 x_uncatch_errors ();
9600 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9601 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9602 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9606 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9608 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9609 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9610 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9611 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9612 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9613 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9618 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9620 else if (dashes
== 9)
9622 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9623 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9626 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9627 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9629 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9630 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9632 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9633 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9634 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9636 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9637 width of this font. */
9638 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9640 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9641 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9646 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9649 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9654 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9655 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9656 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9659 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9661 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9662 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9663 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9669 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9673 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9677 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9679 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9680 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9681 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9684 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9685 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9686 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9687 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9689 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9690 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9692 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9694 x_uncatch_errors ();
9700 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9702 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9704 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9708 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9709 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9710 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9711 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9714 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9715 if (found_size
== size
)
9716 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9717 else if (found_size
> 0)
9719 if (NILP (second_best
))
9721 else if (found_size
< size
)
9723 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9724 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9729 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9730 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9735 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9737 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9739 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9750 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9754 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9759 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9761 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9763 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9764 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9765 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9768 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9771 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9773 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9774 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9775 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9776 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9777 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9780 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9784 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9785 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9787 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9788 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9789 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9791 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9795 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9796 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9797 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9798 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9799 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9802 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9806 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9808 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9809 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9811 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9812 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9814 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9815 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9817 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9820 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9821 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9822 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9824 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9825 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9828 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9829 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9831 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9832 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9833 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9837 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9838 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9839 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9840 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9843 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9845 register char *fontname
;
9848 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9849 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9851 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9852 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9853 we already have by comparing names. */
9854 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9856 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9861 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9862 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9863 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9864 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9865 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9866 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9867 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9868 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9871 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9875 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9876 unsigned long value
;
9879 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9880 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9881 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9882 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9883 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9884 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9885 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9888 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9889 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9890 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9892 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9893 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9895 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9897 x_uncatch_errors ();
9902 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9903 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9904 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9907 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9908 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9909 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9912 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9913 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9915 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9918 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9919 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9922 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9924 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9926 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9927 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9928 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9930 if (font
->min_bounds
.width
== font
->max_bounds
.width
)
9932 /* Fixed width font. */
9933 fontp
->average_width
= fontp
->space_width
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9940 char2b
.byte1
= 0x00, char2b
.byte2
= 0x20;
9941 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0);
9943 fontp
->space_width
= pcm
->width
;
9945 fontp
->space_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9947 fontp
->average_width
9948 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
, &value
)
9949 ? (long) value
/ 10 : 0);
9950 if (fontp
->average_width
< 0)
9951 fontp
->average_width
= - fontp
->average_width
;
9952 if (fontp
->average_width
== 0)
9956 int width
= pcm
->width
;
9957 for (char2b
.byte2
= 33; char2b
.byte2
<= 126; char2b
.byte2
++)
9958 if ((pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0)) != NULL
)
9959 width
+= pcm
->width
;
9960 fontp
->average_width
= width
/ 95;
9963 fontp
->average_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9967 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9969 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9971 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9975 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9976 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9978 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9989 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9990 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9997 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9999 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
10001 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
10002 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
10004 if (NILP (font_names
))
10006 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
10007 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
10008 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
10009 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
10010 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
10011 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
10014 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
10016 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
10017 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
10019 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
10022 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
10024 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
10026 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
10027 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
10029 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
10033 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
10034 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
10035 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
10036 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
10037 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
10038 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
10039 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
10040 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
10042 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
10044 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10045 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10046 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
10047 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
10048 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
10050 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
10051 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
10052 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10053 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10054 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
10055 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
10056 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
10057 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
10058 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10059 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
10060 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
10061 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
10062 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
10064 fontp
->baseline_offset
10065 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
10066 ? (long) value
: 0);
10067 fontp
->relative_compose
10068 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
10069 ? (long) value
: 0);
10070 fontp
->default_ascent
10071 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
10072 ? (long) value
: 0);
10074 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
10075 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
10076 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
10077 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
10078 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
10079 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
10086 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
10087 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
10090 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
10092 register char *fontname
;
10094 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10097 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10098 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10099 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
10100 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
10101 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
10106 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
10107 `encoder' of the structure. */
10110 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
10111 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10113 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
10116 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10120 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
10121 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
10123 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10130 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10131 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10133 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10136 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10142 /***********************************************************************
10144 ***********************************************************************/
10146 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10147 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10148 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10149 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10151 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10152 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10153 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10155 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10156 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10157 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10158 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10159 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10160 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10161 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10163 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10165 static int x_initialized
;
10168 static int x_session_initialized
;
10171 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10172 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10173 the screen number from the server number. */
10175 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10176 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10178 int seen_colon
= 0;
10179 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10180 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10181 int length_until_period
= 0;
10183 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10184 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10185 length_until_period
++;
10187 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10188 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10190 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10192 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10193 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10194 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10195 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10196 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10197 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10198 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10199 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10200 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10201 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10202 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10203 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10204 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10205 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10207 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10211 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10215 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10216 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10220 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10221 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10224 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10225 unsigned long mask
;
10232 while (!(mask
& 1))
10249 x_display_ok (display
)
10250 const char * display
;
10255 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
10257 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
10263 struct x_display_info
*
10264 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10265 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10267 char *resource_name
;
10271 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10272 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10277 if (!x_initialized
)
10285 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10287 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10288 char **argv2
= argv
;
10291 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
10292 if (!EQ (Vinitial_window_system
, intern ("x")))
10293 error ("Sorry, you cannot connect to X servers with the GTK toolkit");
10296 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10298 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
10299 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10300 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10301 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10302 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10303 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10305 /* XXX Unfortunately, multiple display support is severely broken
10306 in recent GTK versions, so HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY is
10307 unconditionally disabled in configure.in. */
10308 error ("Sorry, multiple display support is broken in current GTK versions");
10313 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10317 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10319 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10321 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10322 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10325 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10326 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10329 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10332 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10334 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10338 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10340 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10341 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10343 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10345 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10346 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10348 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10349 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10351 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10352 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10355 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10356 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10359 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10360 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10361 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10363 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10364 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10365 So let's not use it until R6. */
10366 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10367 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10378 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10379 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10381 turn_on_atimers (0);
10382 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10383 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10384 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10386 turn_on_atimers (1);
10388 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10389 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10394 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10396 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10398 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10399 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10400 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10402 /* Detect failure. */
10409 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10411 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10412 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10414 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10416 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10418 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10421 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10422 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10423 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10424 SDATA (display_name
)))
10427 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10430 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10431 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10432 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10434 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10436 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10437 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10438 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10442 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10443 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10444 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10445 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10446 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10447 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10448 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10450 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10454 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10455 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10456 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10458 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10459 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10460 x_display_name_list
);
10461 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10463 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10465 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10466 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10467 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10468 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10471 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10475 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10476 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10478 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10479 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10481 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10482 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10484 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10486 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10487 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10488 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10490 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10491 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10493 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10494 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10495 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10496 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10498 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10500 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10502 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10504 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10505 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10506 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10507 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10508 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10509 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10510 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10511 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10512 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10513 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10514 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10515 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10516 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10517 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10518 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10519 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10520 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10521 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10522 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10523 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10524 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10525 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10526 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10527 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10528 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10529 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10530 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10531 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10532 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10533 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10534 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10535 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10536 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10538 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10539 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10540 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10542 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10544 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10545 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10546 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10547 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10548 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10549 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10552 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10553 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10555 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10558 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10559 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10560 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10562 if (STRINGP (value
)
10563 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10564 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10565 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10569 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10570 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10573 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10574 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10575 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10576 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10577 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10578 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10579 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10580 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10581 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10584 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10585 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10586 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10587 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10588 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10589 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10590 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10591 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10592 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10593 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10594 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10595 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10596 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10597 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10598 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10599 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10600 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10601 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10602 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10603 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10604 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10605 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10606 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10607 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10608 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10609 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10610 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10611 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10612 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10613 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10614 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10615 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10616 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10617 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10618 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10619 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10620 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10621 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10622 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10623 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10624 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10625 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10626 /* For properties of font. */
10627 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10628 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10629 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10630 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10631 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10632 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10633 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10634 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10635 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10636 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10638 /* Ghostscript support. */
10639 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10640 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10642 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10645 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10647 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10648 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10653 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10655 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10656 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10657 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10662 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10663 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10665 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10667 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10668 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10672 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10675 #ifdef subprocesses
10676 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10677 if (connection
!= 0)
10678 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10681 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10683 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10684 /* stdin is a socket here */
10685 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10686 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10687 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10688 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10689 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10690 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10693 if (interrupt_input
)
10694 init_sigio (connection
);
10695 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10698 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10699 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10700 so that Xt does not crash. */
10702 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10703 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10706 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10707 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10708 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10709 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10710 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10711 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10712 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10713 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10715 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10716 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10717 x_uncatch_errors ();
10722 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10723 for debugging X code. */
10726 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10727 build_string ("synchronous"),
10728 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10730 if (STRINGP (value
)
10731 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10732 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10733 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10738 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10739 build_string ("useXIM"),
10740 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10743 if (STRINGP (value
)
10744 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10745 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10748 if (STRINGP (value
)
10749 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10750 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10756 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10757 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10759 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10760 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10768 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10769 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10772 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10773 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10776 struct terminal
*t
;
10778 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10780 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10781 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10783 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10784 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10787 delete_terminal (t
);
10791 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10793 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10794 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10795 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10796 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10797 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10802 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10803 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10805 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10807 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10810 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10814 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10815 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10817 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10818 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10821 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10823 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10824 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10825 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10828 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10829 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10830 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10835 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10838 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10839 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10840 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10842 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10843 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10844 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10847 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
)
10849 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10850 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10851 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10853 if (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
)
10854 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10855 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
10856 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10860 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10862 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10863 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10864 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10865 that slows us down. */
10868 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10869 struct atimer
*timer
;
10871 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10874 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10875 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10880 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10883 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10885 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10887 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10889 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10893 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10895 x_after_update_window_line
,
10896 x_update_window_begin
,
10897 x_update_window_end
,
10903 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10905 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10906 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10907 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10908 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10909 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10910 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10913 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10914 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10915 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10916 x_clear_frame_area
,
10917 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10918 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10919 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10923 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10925 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10927 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10930 /* Protect against recursive calls. Fdelete_frame in
10931 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10932 if (terminal
->deleted
)
10936 /* Free the fonts in the font table. */
10937 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10938 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10940 XFreeFont (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
);
10943 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10944 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10946 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10947 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10950 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10952 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10956 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10961 static struct terminal
*
10962 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10964 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10966 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10968 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10969 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10970 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10972 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10974 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10975 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10976 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10977 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10978 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10979 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10980 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10981 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10982 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10983 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10984 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10985 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10986 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10987 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10988 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10989 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10990 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10991 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10993 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10994 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10996 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10997 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10998 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10999 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
11000 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
11001 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
11013 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
11014 any_help_event_p
= 0;
11015 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
11017 x_session_initialized
= 0;
11021 current_count
= -1;
11024 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
11025 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
11027 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11028 XtToolkitInitialize ();
11030 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
11032 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
11033 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
11034 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
11035 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
11036 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
11037 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
11038 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
11040 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
11042 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
11043 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
11044 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
11045 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
11046 widgets don't behave normally. */
11048 EMACS_TIME interval
;
11049 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
11050 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
11054 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11056 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
11057 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
11061 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
11062 original error handler. */
11063 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
11064 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
11066 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
11067 #if 0 /* Don't. We may want to open tty frames later. */
11069 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
11070 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
11073 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
11080 x_error_message
= NULL
;
11082 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
11083 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
11085 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
11086 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
11088 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
11089 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
11091 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
11092 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
11093 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
11094 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
11096 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
11097 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
11099 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
11100 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
11101 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
11102 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
11103 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
11104 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
11105 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
11107 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
11108 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
11109 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
11110 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
11111 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
11112 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
11113 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
11114 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
11115 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
11117 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
11118 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
11119 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
11120 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
11121 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11123 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
11124 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
11125 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
11127 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
11129 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
11132 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
11135 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
11136 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
11138 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
11139 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
11140 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
11141 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
11142 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
11143 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
11144 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
11145 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
11146 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
11148 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
11149 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
11150 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11151 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
11152 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
11153 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
11155 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
11156 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
11157 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11158 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
11159 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
11160 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
11162 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
11163 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11164 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11165 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11166 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11167 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11169 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
11170 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11171 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11172 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11173 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11174 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11176 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
11177 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11178 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
11179 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11180 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11184 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11186 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11187 (do not change this comment) */